{"title":"Camping \u0026 Hiking","description":"\u003cp\u003eCamping and hiking gear includes stoves, rechargeable lanterns, double sleeping pads, air pumps and picnic mats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCooking choices include a folding cassette stove with a 2600 W butane burner, a four-burner brass stove with a wind frame, a liquid fuel gasoline stove and a stainless double-wall wood gasifier. Lights include ribbed rechargeable lanterns of 3000 mAh, mini and folding lanterns and a telescopic light. A double sleeping pad has a built-in foot pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose by trip style. Gas stoves are quick for car camping, wood gasifiers burn twigs and suit light packers, and liquid fuel burners handle cold. Check what fuel and adapter each stove needs. Rechargeable lanterns with a power bank mode can charge a phone. A mini air pump saves breath inflating pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCamping \u0026amp; Hiking questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich camping stove should I pick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA butane cassette stove is simple and clean for car camping. A wood gasifier uses twigs and suits hikers who want to carry little fuel. Check the fuel type before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a gas cylinder adapter for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt connects a stove to a different kind of gas canister, so you can use the fuel that is easy to find. Use only with the stove model listed and check for leaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I power a camping lantern?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany are USB rechargeable, using batteries of 1000 to 6000 mAh. Charge before you leave, or bring a power bank. Some lanterns can charge a phone.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"cat-paw-hand-warmer-rechargeable","title":"Cat Paw Hand Warmer – Rechargeable, 2 Heat Levels, USB Type-C","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis cat paw hand warmer fits inside a coat pocket and takes the chill off cold fingers at a bus stop or a drafty desk. Pick about 50 °C or about 55 °C with its button, and the little face behind the dome glows to show the level. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo heat levels\u003c\/strong\u003e – first gear reaches about 50 °C, second about 55 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecharges over Type-C\u003c\/strong\u003e – plug it into a 5 V power bank or phone charger, with no batteries to replace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalm-sized paw shape\u003c\/strong\u003e – 8 x 7.5 cm, with a rounded back that sits easily in a cupped hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrist cord\u003c\/strong\u003e – the 10 cm loop keeps it close while you use your phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – White with a bear, Pink with a bunny, Green with a bear face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCord\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 50 °C and about 55 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB Type-C, 5 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in, rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Pink, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing it safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it dry, and stop using it if it swells, smells or gets hotter than usual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from water and out of reach of small children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow hot does the cat paw hand warmer get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cat paw hand warmer reaches about 50 °C on its first level and about 55 °C on its second, warm enough to need care on bare skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho should not use a rechargeable hand warmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSkip this rechargeable hand warmer for young children, for sleepers, and for anyone with reduced feeling in their hands, because they may not notice it getting too hot. Ask a doctor if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I charge the hand warmer from a power bank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the hand warmer charges over a USB Type-C cable from a 5 V power bank or phone adapter. Charge it on a hard surface and unplug it when full.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the paw hand warmer stay in my pocket all day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSwitch the paw hand warmer off when it is not in use, and do not leave it pressed to the same spot of skin, as low heat over time can cause burns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":42420648083526,"sku":"SAL-250108-011","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42420648116294,"sku":"SAL-250108-012","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42420648149062,"sku":"SAL-250108-013","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/main-image-1_2439ed38-65d2-41f1-9011-7dc78a778f5e.jpg?v=1736333696"},{"product_id":"folding-camping-cutlery-4-in-1-fork-spoon-knife","title":"Folding Camping Cutlery – 4 in 1 Fork, Spoon, Knife, Opener, 15 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis folding camping cutlery packs a fork, spoon, knife and bottle opener into one handle that closes to 15 cm, so one piece does the job of a loose set on a hike or a picnic. Open only the tool you need. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour tools, one handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – fork, spoon, table knife and bottle opener each swing out separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 cm folded\u003c\/strong\u003e – short enough for a hip pocket or the lid of a backpack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists stainless steel for the tools and handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry ring\u003c\/strong\u003e – a small ring at the end clips to a pack or key loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 handle colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – red, black or blue, handy when a group needs to tell sets apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTools\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFork, spoon, knife, bottle opener\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm (5.9 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, Black, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 folding set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne folding cutlery set in the color you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry the tools before folding them closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash out food trapped around the hinge after each meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the folding camping cutlery when closed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding camping cutlery is 15 cm (5.9 in) long when folded, with the fork, spoon and knife tucked against the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I eat with just one tool out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each tool on this folding camping cutlery swings out on its own, so you can open the fork alone and leave the knife closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the knife blade sharp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe knife on this folding camping cutlery is a folding metal blade, so keep it closed in your bag and out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the folding cutlery open bottles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The photos of this folding camping cutlery show a bottle opener in the handle, which is why it is shown as a 4 in 1 design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":42472001896518,"sku":"14:366#red","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42472001929286,"sku":"14:10#black","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42472001962054,"sku":"14:29#blue","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sb41d6731732e4b5f8e166bd25c926ae7B.webp?v=1738029053"},{"product_id":"non-stick-camping-cookware-set-lightweight-outdoor-cooking-kit-with-teapot","title":"Camping Cookware Set – Pot, Pan and 0.8 L Kettle Nesting Kit for 2-3","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis camping cookware set packs breakfast for two or three into a bag you can clip to a pack: a pot for noodles, a pan for eggs and a kettle for coffee, all stacked inside each other. Sets differ by what comes alongside, from just the three pieces to plates, cups and folding cutlery. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-piece core\u003c\/strong\u003e – a pot of about 1.8 to 1.9 L, a frying pan and a 0.8 L kettle in hard aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNests into one stack\u003c\/strong\u003e – 17.5 cm across and 10 cm high once packed in the mesh bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-out handles\u003c\/strong\u003e – insulated grips fold in for packing and swing out to lift a hot pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose your extras\u003c\/strong\u003e – steel plates, cups and cutlery in some sets, plastic bowls and a bamboo paddle in others\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.7 in wide, 3.5 in deep, about 1.8 to 1.9 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 in wide, 1.77 in deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKettle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 in wide, 3 in high, 0.8 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5 x 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy, non-stick inside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eServes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 to 3 people\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMesh bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich camping cookware set should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose the Kettle, Pan and Pot camping cookware set for the three pieces alone. The cups sets add steel plates, cups and cutlery, and the Bowls sets add plastic bowls and a small paddle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a camping pot go on an open campfire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA camping pot suits a small gas or camp stove. Open flames blacken aluminum and can damage the coating and handles, and the handles get hot, so use a cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean non-stick camping cookware?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash non-stick camping cookware with warm water and a soft sponge, avoiding metal scrapers. Dry every piece before you nest and bag it again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this cook set safe to leave boiling dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNever heat this cook set empty or let a pot boil dry, as that can warp it and spoil the non-stick coating. Stay with it while it is on the stove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Green, 500 ml Cups","offer_id":42472002027590,"sku":"14:10#B","price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange, 500 ml Cups","offer_id":42472002060358,"sku":"14:366#A","price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green, 2 Cups","offer_id":42472002093126,"sku":"14:200006152#F","price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange, 2 Cups","offer_id":42472002125894,"sku":"14:496#E","price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green, 330 ml Cups","offer_id":42472002158662,"sku":"14:200002984#D","price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange, 330 ml Cups","offer_id":42472002191430,"sku":"14:29#C","price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green, Kettle, Pan and Pot","offer_id":42472002224198,"sku":"14:175#J","price":63.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange, Kettle, Pan and Pot","offer_id":42472002256966,"sku":"14:193#I","price":63.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green, Bowls and Paddle","offer_id":42472002289734,"sku":"14:173#H","price":67.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange, Bowls and Paddle","offer_id":42472002322502,"sku":"14:1063#G","price":65.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Se9b23a3ee73841c1a863c88928230190c_22ac5494-c2f5-424d-8fc5-8713f08ee6c8.webp?v=1738029056"},{"product_id":"camping-stove-windscreen-foldable","title":"Camping Stove Windscreen – Foldable Aluminum, 8 or 10 Plates","description":"\u003cp\u003eA camping stove windscreen keeps a breeze from pushing your flame sideways, which is usually what turns a five-minute boil into a long wait. Stand this hinged aluminum wall around a burner, push the end pins into the dirt, and fold it flat into its bag when dinner is done. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall enough for most pots\u003c\/strong\u003e – each plate stands 24 cm high and bends around the stove in any curve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 8 plates cover about 67 cm, and 10 plates about 82 to 84 cm for larger burners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrooved bottom edge\u003c\/strong\u003e – slots at the base let air reach the flame while the plates block wind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless pins\u003c\/strong\u003e – pins at the ends hold the wall in soft ground, and stop it folding in on itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5052 aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlate size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 x 8.4 cm (9.44 x 3.38 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e8 plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 cm (26.37 in) long, 210 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e10 plates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 to 84 cm long, 265 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawstring bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing it safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave a gap so the flame gets air, and keep it clear of tents and dry grass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStay with a lit stove, and keep children and pets back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many plates does my camp stove need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA camp stove with one burner works well inside 8 plates. Pick 10 plates if you use larger pots, or want a loose ring with space around the stove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a stove windscreen go around a gas canister?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDo not wrap a stove windscreen tightly around a burner with a screw-on canister. Trapped heat can make the canister dangerously hot, so leave a gap and keep the canister outside the ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the windscreen stay up in strong wind?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGround pins hold the windscreen in soft earth, but it is thin aluminum and will not stop a gale. Never cook in a tent, and move to shelter when wind gets strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the aluminum windshield hot to touch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the aluminum windshield gets hot near the flame. Let it cool before folding, and watch the plate edges, which can be sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"8 Plates","offer_id":42472004878406,"sku":"14:366#8 Plates","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Plates","offer_id":42472004911174,"sku":"14:496#10 Plates","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S2d707d9b452e42eba429aad744e43c5d5.webp?v=1738029061"},{"product_id":"wood-burning-camp-stove-glass-window","title":"Wood Burning Camp Stove – Stainless Steel with Glass Viewing Window","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis wood burning camp stove is a small steel box with a window, burning twigs and split kindling under a kettle at a tabletop camp. You watch the flames through the glass, and there is no fuel canister to carry, though you do need dry wood. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFire-viewing window\u003c\/strong\u003e – glass ceramic rated by the maker at about 800 °C lets you see the fire as you cook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – the standard weighs about 1.8 kg, and the upgraded about 3.2 kg with a larger box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir vents and chimney\u003c\/strong\u003e – side vents feed the fire, and a short chimney tube is part of the kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry bag included\u003c\/strong\u003e – a thick green storage bag holds the stove, its frames and tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChimney pipe set\u003c\/strong\u003e – a separate choice of six stainless sections for lifting smoke higher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard stove\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 x 12.8 x 26 cm, packs to 24.5 x 13.5 x 18 cm, about 1.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpgraded stove\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 x 14 x 28.5 cm, packs to 27 x 14 x 17 cm, about 3.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChimney pipe set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 sections, 75 x 0.6 x 280 mm each, about 2.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e201 stainless steel, glass ceramic window\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood and twigs, none included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStove kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStove, storage bag, 2 frames, 1 chimney tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this wood burning stove in a tent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, never use this wood burning stove in a tent, indoors or in a vehicle. The maker says it is for open-air use only, as burning wood gives off smoke and carbon monoxide, which can kill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Chimney Pipe option include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Chimney Pipe option is a pack of six stainless sections, each 280 mm long, sold on its own. It does not include a stove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the camp stove be used on a table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe camp stove can stand on a table outdoors, on a heat-proof surface only. Keep it clear of cloth, dry grass and tents, and check local fire rules before you light it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I put out a wood stove fire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet a wood stove fire burn down, then soak the ashes with water, stir and check they are cold. The steel stays hot long after the flames die, so wait before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Standard Stove","offer_id":42472033747014,"sku":"14:29#Square Inch Stove","price":201.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgraded Stove","offer_id":42472033779782,"sku":"14:366#Upgraded SquareStove","price":225.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chimney Pipe","offer_id":42472033812550,"sku":"14:10#Chimney Pipe","price":185.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sfa9a5e962cab47f981d02a7022bc61e1T.webp?v=1738030432"},{"product_id":"folding-camping-gas-stove-3000w","title":"Folding Camping Gas Stove – 3000 W with Piezo Ignition and Case","description":"\u003cp\u003eA folding camping gas stove earns its place on a backpacking trip by weighing almost nothing: 238 g, and it packs into a palm-sized hard case. Unfold three arms, connect a gas canister on its hose, and press the ignition, then use the flame knob to go from a simmer to a rolling boil. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose-connected burner\u003c\/strong\u003e – sits low and steady on the ground, with the canister to one side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerrated folding arms\u003c\/strong\u003e – open to support pans of up to 10 in, and fold in to 8.3 x 6.2 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiezo switch\u003c\/strong\u003e – lights the gas at a push, though a spare lighter is wise at altitude\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree versions\u003c\/strong\u003e – stove only, with stable support for a screw-on canister, or with an adapter for a long canister\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGas use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 100 g per hour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnfolded size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 x 7 cm (6.7 x 2.8 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.3 x 6.2 x 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStove weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e238 g (8.4 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWith case\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 g (10.2 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 8.5 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, copper, aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCanister\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing it safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse on flat ground, outdoors, away from tents and dry grass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the hose clear of the flame, and do not let a large pot overhang the canister.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet it cool before folding, and keep children back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich gas canisters fit the folding camping stove?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding camping stove threads onto a standard screw-on canister. The With Adapter version adds a part for long canisters. The With Stable Support version is for screw-on use and cannot be used with the adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow fast does a camping gas stove boil water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis camping gas stove can bring 1 L of water to the boil in about three minutes on maximum flame, according to the maker. Wind and cold air will make it slower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a gas stove be used inside a tent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, a gas stove must never be used in a tent, vehicle or closed room, because burning gas releases carbon monoxide, which can kill, and it can set fabric alight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I check a camp stove for leaks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eScrew the canister onto the camp stove by hand and listen and smell for gas before lighting. If you smell gas, shut it off and move away from flames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"With Stable Support","offer_id":42472033943622,"sku":"14:366#with stable support","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Adapter","offer_id":42472033976390,"sku":"14:10#With adapator","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stove Only","offer_id":42472034009158,"sku":"14:29#GAS STOVE","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S386b269229794960852f0d89199aaea6R.webp?v=1738030433"},{"product_id":"foldable-camping-grill-pan-non-stick-portable-frying-pan-for-outdoor-cooking","title":"Foldable Grill Pan – Square Non-Stick, Wood Handle, 20 or 24 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA folding wire handle turns this square grill pan into something that slides into a camping box or a kitchen drawer. Raised ribs give a steak or vegetables grill lines while fat runs off to the sides, and the non-stick surface means less scrubbing afterward. Our photos show it on a portable gas stove and on a home burner, in 20 or 24 cm for one person or two. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/home-and-kitchen\"\u003eKitchen Essentials\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – wood grip on a wire arm that folds back over the pan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised ribs\u003c\/strong\u003e – give grill marks and lift food out of the fat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-stick surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists a non-stick pan with no lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare shape\u003c\/strong\u003e – fits more food in a small pan than a round one of the same width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 20 cm for one, 24 cm for two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm or 24 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare with ribs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable, wood grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the foldable grill pan over a campfire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe photos show the foldable grill pan on gas burners only. Do not put it over open flames that can reach the wood handle, and watch the wire arm, which gets hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the foldable pan work on an induction stove?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier does not confirm the foldable pan for induction, so plan on using it with gas or a camping stove until you have tested it with a magnet on the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill both styles of the grill pan look the same?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker ships two similar grill pan styles at random, an older and a newer one, with small differences in the rim and handle. Both are in our photos, and the size you choose stays the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I keep the non-stick grill pan in good shape?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse wood or silicone tools on the non-stick grill pan, keep the heat at medium, let it cool before washing, and wash it by hand. Check that the handle is locked out before lifting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"24 cm","offer_id":42472051212358,"sku":"14:200006151#BLACK 24cm","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 cm","offer_id":42472051245126,"sku":"14:193#BLACK 20cm","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S6a5c65811cfc48ba8e4dd1b5d5f67739l.webp?v=1738031560"},{"product_id":"portable-stainless-steel-folding-fillet-knife-for-fishing-camping","title":"Folding Pocket Knife – Stainless Steel, 15.8 cm Open, 72 g, 2 Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis folding pocket knife weighs 72 g and folds into its 8.8 cm handle, which leaves room for it in a camping kit or tackle box. Open it measures 15.8 cm, a practical size for slicing fruit, opening packages and small camp food jobs. It is sold for adults. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel blade\u003c\/strong\u003e – a sharp pointed blade that needs drying after use on wet food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTextured handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – ridges along the grip give fingers something to hold when your hands are wet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePocket clip\u003c\/strong\u003e – a clip on the handle holds the knife to a pocket or bag edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight carry\u003c\/strong\u003e – at 72 g it adds little weight to a pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding knife\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength open\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBlade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpring assist\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLock\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot listed as locking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Army Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety notes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharp blade: for adults, and keep it out of reach of children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut away from your body and fold the knife before carrying it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry the blade after use so food acid does not stay on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this folding knife lock open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier lists no lock on this folding knife, so the blade can close under pressure. Keep your fingers away from the blade edge and do not push hard against the back of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the folding knife good for filleting fish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding knife can clean small fish, but it has a short, pointed blade instead of the long flexible one a fillet knife has.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the pocket knife when folded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pocket knife folds to about its 8.8 cm handle length and measures 15.8 cm when open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I carry this pocket knife anywhere?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eKnife carry rules differ by place. Check the local rules on folding knives before carrying this pocket knife in public or when traveling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42514285133894,"sku":"14:193","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Army Green","offer_id":42514285166662,"sku":"14:200004889","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S4b9e59aed3ff4fe693d278d08123f544V.webp?v=1739317283"},{"product_id":"led-flashlight-gloves-hands-free-lighting-for-repairing-fishing-outdoor-adventures","title":"LED Flashlight Gloves – Half-Finger Light Gloves, Left and Right","description":"\u003cp\u003eTying a hook in the dark or looking under a car hood goes easier when the light points wherever your fingers point. These LED flashlight gloves carry a small lamp on the thumb and another on the index finger, with a button on the back of the hand, and your other fingers stay bare to feel what you are working on. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finger lights\u003c\/strong\u003e – one on the thumb and one on the index finger, aimed at what you are holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack-of-hand button\u003c\/strong\u003e – press to turn the lights on and off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-finger cut\u003c\/strong\u003e – fingertips stay free to tie knots or turn small screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable wrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – a hook-and-loop band keeps it snug on different hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElastic cotton\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier lists an elastic cotton fabric, for flexing without much resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm (14.17 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm (5.31 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 per glove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElastic cotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook-and-loop wrist strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are LED flashlight gloves used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLED flashlight gloves suit night fishing, camping, car repairs and any job where both hands are busy. The lamps light the area just in front of your fingers rather than a long distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the LED gloves come as a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier title says left and right hand and photos show one of each, so we list these LED gloves as left and right. Message us before you order if you need to confirm the count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the flashlight gloves safe in water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese flashlight gloves are not sold as waterproof, so keep the lamps out of water. Their battery details are not published, and small batteries must stay away from children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42538173235270,"sku":"200007763:201336100","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Hd886ecac604b4b00a4450aab7534a01fz.webp?v=1740083465"},{"product_id":"wrist-flashlight-usb-rechargeable","title":"Wrist Flashlight – USB Rechargeable Light for Wrist, Ankle or Helmet","description":"\u003cp\u003eA small USB rechargeable wrist flashlight for evening runs, dog walks and bike rides, in three versions: a white wrist lamp on a strap to light the path in front of you, a red ankle light so traffic behind sees you, and a white helmet light on a bracket. The torch body is the same compact cylinder on each. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree versions\u003c\/strong\u003e – wrist lamp (A), helmet light (B) and red ankle light (C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – short press for high, medium and low; double click for flash\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuckle strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – the wrist and ankle versions thread through a buckle and pull tight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHelmet bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e – the helmet version clamps to a helmet vent or handlebar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB rechargeable\u003c\/strong\u003e – no batteries to buy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrightness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 100 lumens (supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in, under 1000 mAh (supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh, medium, low, flash\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVersions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrist lamp (white), ankle light (red), helmet light (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich one to choose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist lamp: to see where you are going on foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnkle light: to be seen from behind while running or cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelmet light: hands-free light that points where you look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDon't shine the light into other people's eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge with a USB adapter; don't charge it unattended, and stop using it if it swells or gets hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the wrist, ankle and helmet light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wrist lamp is a white torch on a strap for lighting your way, the ankle light has a red lens on a strap so drivers see you from behind, and the helmet light is a white torch on a bracket for a bike helmet or handlebar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I change the light mode?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn the wrist lamp, a short press steps through high, medium and low, and a double click switches to flash mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I charge the wrist flashlight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe wrist flashlight has a built-in rechargeable battery and charges by USB.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow bright is the wrist flashlight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier lists the wrist flashlight at under 100 lumens, which suits being seen and lighting a path, not a trail at speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Wrist Lamp","offer_id":42555943944262,"sku":"136:173#Wrist lamp;200007763:201336100#China","price":23.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ankle Light","offer_id":42555943977030,"sku":"136:175#Ankle light;200007763:201336100#China","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Helmet Light","offer_id":42555944009798,"sku":"136:200002572#Helmet light;200007763:201336100#China","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S882ad1266baa49edbf8e9377c38af683w.webp?v=1740674544"},{"product_id":"usb-rechargeable-led-running-light-high-visibility-armband-for-night-safety","title":"LED Armband Light – USB Rechargeable Reflective Strap, 36 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eEvening joggers and dog walkers can strap this LED armband light above the elbow or around a calf and glow a bright stripe of color. It charges by USB in place of coin cells, and the long hook-and-loop strap wraps over a jacket sleeve just as easily as bare skin. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlowing band\u003c\/strong\u003e – the whole 2.5 cm strip lights up in one color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB charging\u003c\/strong\u003e – a USB cable appears with the band in the photos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong adjustable strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – 36 cm of strap with a metal loop for sizing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – green, blue, yellow or pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArm or leg\u003c\/strong\u003e – wear it wherever the band can be seen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 cm (14.17 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 cm (0.98 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable battery, USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot sold as waterproof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen, blue, yellow, pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsing it safely\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear the band on the side facing traffic, and add proper bike lights if you ride.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge it fully before a night out, and keep it dry while charging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the LED armband waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the LED armband is not sold as waterproof, so keep it out of rain and wipe it dry after a sweaty run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the armband light fit over a jacket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe armband light has a 36 cm adjustable strap, long enough for most arms over a thin jacket sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes an LED armband keep me safe at night?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn LED armband only helps others notice you and is no substitute for good judgment, proper lights on a bike and care around traffic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":42555944632390,"sku":"14:175#green;200007763:201441035#CN","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42555944665158,"sku":"14:173#Blue;200007763:201441035#CN","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42555944697926,"sku":"14:366#Yellow;200007763:201441035#CN","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42555944730694,"sku":"14:1052#Pink;200007763:201441035#CN","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sefff70059d0649a58b0a85b98aa81734M.webp?v=1740674547"},{"product_id":"solar-camping-lantern-800lm-power-bank","title":"Solar Camping Lantern – 800 lm, 6000 mAh Power Bank, IPX6","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis solar camping lantern hangs from a tent loop by its fold-out handle, lights the whole tent at up to 800 lumens and recharges in the sun. Its 6000 mAh battery also charges your phone, which makes it a handy power-cut light at home. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolar and USB charging\u003c\/strong\u003e – a solar panel on the back plus USB charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6000 mAh battery\u003c\/strong\u003e – also works as a power bank for a phone or tablet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 800 lumens\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 brightness levels: eco, medium, high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 light tones\u003c\/strong\u003e – cool white, natural, soft and warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPX6 and wide beam\u003c\/strong\u003e – rain-ready, with a 180° beam angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrightness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 800 lm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6000 mAh, built in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolar panel, USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX6 (supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSMD LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 solar camping lantern with hanging handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB charging cable as supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the solar camping lantern charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe solar camping lantern charges from its solar panel in daylight or over USB, storing power in a 6000 mAh built-in battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the solar camping lantern charge my phone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the solar camping lantern works as a power bank, so you can top up a phone or tablet from its battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow bright is the solar camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe solar camping lantern gives up to 800 lumens with 3 brightness levels (eco, medium, high) and 4 light tones from cool white to warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the solar camping lantern waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplier rates the solar camping lantern IPX6, which handles rain and splashes but not being submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42559097995334,"sku":"136:173#CP36","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S166ae7eb891e45b1b3e34194053e9297h.webp?v=1740757066"},{"product_id":"telescopic-led-camping-lantern-10000mah","title":"Telescopic LED Camping Lantern – 10000 mAh, 450 Lumens, Power Bank","description":"\u003cp\u003ePull the head up on this telescopic LED camping lantern and a slim flashlight becomes a table lamp on its own folding tripod. Warm or cool light runs at three brightness levels, from 90 lumens for up to 45 hours to 450 lumens for around 9. The 10000 mAh battery inside can also top up a phone at camp or during a power cut, and a red signal light helps at the roadside. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLantern and flashlight\u003c\/strong\u003e – extend the head for area light, or use it closed as a torch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree brightness levels\u003c\/strong\u003e – 90, 280 or 450 lumens, in warm or cool white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10000 mAh battery\u003c\/strong\u003e – lasts 9 to 45 hours by level and works as a power bank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding tripod\u003c\/strong\u003e – stands on uneven ground, and the kit includes 3 ground nails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed signal mode\u003c\/strong\u003e – a red light for a roadside stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIP65 rating\u003c\/strong\u003e – the seller's rating for rain and splashes, not for going underwater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable telescopic lantern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10000 mAh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrightness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90, 280 and 450 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRun time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 to 45 hours by level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight color\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm 1800 K to cool 6500 K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP65, seller's figure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType-C cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLantern, Type-C cable, manual, 3 nails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the telescopic LED camping lantern last on a charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe telescopic LED camping lantern is listed at 45 hours on its lowest 90 lumen level and 9 hours at 450 lumens. Real time falls when you also charge a phone from it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this camping lantern charge my phone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 10000 mAh battery in this camping lantern works as a power bank through a USB cable. Charge it fully before a trip, and do not cover it while it charges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the LED camping lantern stay out in the rain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe seller rates the LED camping lantern IP65, which covers rain and splashes. Do not submerge it, and dry the port before charging. It is not a toy, so keep it from small children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42559641845830,"sku":"14:365458#10000mAh Black Box","price":85.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S2fe6d83c9a5b4c2e97e1c7b2ec95e71d2.webp?v=1740766731"},{"product_id":"telescopic-camping-light-lantern-flashlight","title":"Telescopic Camping Light – 2-in-1 LED Lantern and Flashlight, Type-C","description":"\u003cp\u003eStand this telescopic camping light on the ground, pull out its pole and fold open the three LED panels to light a whole tent or car repair job. When you need to walk back from the fire, collapse it and use the head as a zoom flashlight with a white laser core. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree folding panels\u003c\/strong\u003e – the panels open up to 270 degrees and throw light around you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZoom flashlight\u003c\/strong\u003e – slide the head to go from near light to a far beam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTelescopic pole\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 sections reach up to 51.8 cm (20.39 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-C recharging\u003c\/strong\u003e – built-in battery, with a USB cable in the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHang or shade it\u003c\/strong\u003e – metal loop, hidden hook and a removable lampshade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual switches\u003c\/strong\u003e – separate buttons for the lantern and flashlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-in-1 camping light and flashlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLEDs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite laser core plus 54 LEDs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 degrees in camping mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel adjust\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 degrees, head tilt 90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 51.8 cm (20.39 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB Type-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver and black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 telescopic camping light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 USB charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarnings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not shine the flashlight at anyone's eyes; the beam is focused and strong.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the light on firm ground when the pole is extended, and do not cover it while lit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it away from young children, and stop charging if it gets hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall does the telescopic camping light go?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe telescopic camping light has a 4-section pole that reaches up to 51.8 cm (20.39 in), and it stands on its own base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I charge the telescopic camping light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe telescopic camping light recharges by USB Type-C, using the cable in the box. The maker gives no battery capacity or run time, so charge it before each trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the camping light waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker gives no waterproof rating for this camping light, so keep it dry and bring it inside the tent when it rains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42559642435654,"sku":"249:89112397#camping light","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S784906f3fc664592bd25fd68276dc5c1g.webp?v=1740766732"},{"product_id":"folding-three-panel-camping-lantern","title":"Folding Camping Lantern – 3 Swivel Panels, Type-C, Magnetic Base","description":"\u003cp\u003eA folding three-panel camping lantern opens like a flower: three LED panels swing out around a central body to light a whole tent, or stand upright as a desk tower lamp at home. Folded shut, it becomes a handheld flashlight with a hanging hook. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree swivel panels\u003c\/strong\u003e – 90° up-down and 360° rotation for each panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour uses\u003c\/strong\u003e – camping light, home light, warning light and flashlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery display\u003c\/strong\u003e – a digital readout shows charge left\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-C charging\u003c\/strong\u003e – from a power bank, charger, computer or car charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/strong\u003e – sticks to iron surfaces for hands-free repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED, 3 folding panels plus top flashlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel movement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° up-down, 360° rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType-C USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in rechargeable battery with display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige, grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 folding camping lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBattery safety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge on a hard surface away from bedding and unplug when full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the magnetic base away from pacemakers, bank cards and phones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the panels on the folding camping lantern move?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach of the 3 light panels on the folding three-panel camping lantern swings up and down through 90° and turns 360°, so you can spread light around a tent or aim it at one spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the folding three-panel camping lantern charged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding three-panel camping lantern charges through a Type-C USB port from a power bank, phone charger, computer port or car charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the folding camping lantern stick to metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The base of the folding three-panel camping lantern is magnetic, so it holds on an iron surface such as a car body or toolbox lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Beige","offer_id":42565898731590,"sku":"14:29#Beige","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":42565898764358,"sku":"14:193#Gray","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sb2fd840e9047401a91758a9fa8aca4ac5.webp?v=1741014764"},{"product_id":"rechargeable-camping-lantern-magnetic-usb-c","title":"Rechargeable Camping Lantern – Magnetic, USB-C, 4 Modes, 1 or 2 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis rechargeable camping lantern is a wide, flat light that hangs from a tent loop or tree branch by its leather-look strap, clips on with the hook, or sticks to a car bonnet or steel shelf with its magnet. Turn the dial for stepless dimming across cold white, warm and white light, or switch to a red SOS flash. It charges by USB-C and can top up a phone from its own battery. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHang, clip or stick\u003c\/strong\u003e – strap, carabiner hook and a magnetic body for tents, cars and workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStepless dimming\u003c\/strong\u003e – set the brightness exactly where you want it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – cold white, warm, white and red SOS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB-C charging\u003c\/strong\u003e – with a power display that shows the charge level in four steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhone top-up\u003c\/strong\u003e – a USB output lets the lantern charge a phone in an emergency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRechargeable LED camping lantern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight modes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold white, warm, white, red SOS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimming\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStepless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in lithium, rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRun time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore than 12 hours (listed lighting period)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnet, strap, carabiner hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLantern, strap, hook, carabiner, USB cable; 2 of each in the 2-pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the rechargeable camping lantern last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rechargeable camping lantern is listed at more than 12 hours of light; actual run time depends on the brightness you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the rechargeable camping lantern charge my phone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The rechargeable camping lantern has a USB output for topping up a phone from its battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rechargeable camping lantern waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rechargeable camping lantern is not sold as waterproof; hang it under the tent or awning and keep it out of heavy rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes with the rechargeable camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach rechargeable camping lantern comes with a hanging strap, a hook, a carabiner and a USB charging cable; the 2-pack has two full sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Green – 2 Lanterns","offer_id":42565898993734,"sku":"249:331890659#MOS-LY01 Green 2PCS","price":92.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green – 1 Lantern","offer_id":42565899026502,"sku":"249:89112397#MOS-LY01 Green 1PCS","price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue – 2 Lanterns","offer_id":42565899059270,"sku":"249:200006392#MOS-LY01 Blue 2PCS","price":95.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue – 1 Lantern","offer_id":42565899092038,"sku":"249:200006393#MOS-LY01 Blue 1PCS","price":66.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S370947170b0a43859e320f7fddb465c9e.webp?v=1741014765"},{"product_id":"camping-lantern-with-string-light","title":"Camping Lantern with String Light – 10 m Light Strip, 5 Modes","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis camping lantern with string light does two jobs: the round lamp lights the tent, and a 10 m waterproof light strip pulls out of it to outline the tent, awning or a tree. Wind the strip back inside and it packs down to one small disc. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 m string light\u003c\/strong\u003e – a waterproof light strip stored inside the lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – constant, breathing, firefly, camping light, and both together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm and colour\u003c\/strong\u003e – warm white plus multicolour string lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB power output\u003c\/strong\u003e – charge a phone from the built-in battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHang or stand\u003c\/strong\u003e – hook it under a tent pole or set it on a table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight strip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 m, waterproof\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarm, colourful\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in rechargeable battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutput\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB, for phones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 camping lantern with built-in 10 m string light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBattery safety\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge it on a hard surface away from bedding, and unplug it when full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not leave it in a hot car or direct sun for long periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the string light on the camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe camping lantern with string light stores a 10 m waterproof light strip inside its round body; pull it out to drape over a tent or awning and wind it back for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat light modes does the camping lantern with string light have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt has 5 modes: constant, breathing, firefly, camping light, and camping light plus string light, in warm and colourful light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the camping lantern with string light charge my phone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The camping lantern with string light has a USB power output, so its built-in battery can top up a phone at the campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":42565899223110,"sku":"14:365458#1Pcs;200007763:201336100;249:89112397#Army Green","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S6e5dcfa8191544d68d98b759bdb87277G.webp?v=1741014765"},{"product_id":"telescopic-camping-lantern-14000mah-magnetic-tripod","title":"Telescopic Camping Lantern – 14000 mAh, Magnetic Tripod, 110 cm Tall","description":"\u003cp\u003eSet this telescopic camping lantern on a table for a soft glow, or extend it to 110 cm and spread its light across the whole pitch. Three panels fold open on a head that turns 180 degrees vertically and 270 degrees horizontally. The 14000 mAh battery recharges and also tops up a phone, and the whole unit packs down to 28 cm. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110 cm reach\u003c\/strong\u003e – the telescopic pole lifts the panels above the group rather than into people's eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree folding panels\u003c\/strong\u003e – aim one panel at a table or open all three for wider light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable color\u003c\/strong\u003e – a dimmer moves from warm to cool white for cooking or reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic tripod\u003c\/strong\u003e – the foldout legs have magnets, so the base can grip steel as well as stand on the ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower for a phone\u003c\/strong\u003e – the 14000 mAh cell doubles as a phone charger, as shown in photo 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14000 mAh, rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight, extended\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 110 cm (43 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 x 7.5 cm (11 x 2.9 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 degrees vertical, 270 degrees horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldout magnetic tripod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack body shown; olive style on the option photo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does this telescopic camping lantern run on a charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo tested run time is published for this telescopic camping lantern, because it varies with brightness and color. Charge it fully before a trip and carry a spare light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the telescopic camping lantern waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe telescopic camping lantern is not sold with a confirmed waterproof rating. Keep it out of heavy rain, and bring it inside the tent or vehicle when the weather turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I watch out for with the extended lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStand the extended lantern on level ground and away from guy lines, and lower it in strong wind. Do not leave it charging unattended, and keep the battery unit away from heat and young children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42881443627078,"sku":"249:331890659#Green border style","price":83.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S6f097471f87846df95cf00409680f83aW.webp?v=1744135416"},{"product_id":"paracord-wrist-strap-bracelet-adjustable","title":"Paracord Wrist Strap Bracelet – Adjustable Cord Lock, 12 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eA paracord wrist strap bracelet gives you a tough woven band for camping trips and a handy loop for a camera, closed by a sliding cord lock rather than a buckle. It comes in twelve colours, from plain black to desert camo. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCord lock closure\u003c\/strong\u003e – two free cord ends slide through a lock, so one size adjusts to your wrist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThick woven band\u003c\/strong\u003e – a flat cobra knot sits comfortably across the wrist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamera strap use\u003c\/strong\u003e – the supplier also sells it as a wrist strap for cameras\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwelve colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – seven plain, one two-tone and four camo patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBraided paracord wrist strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParacord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeave\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat cobra knot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding cord lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBreaking strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot stated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 paracord wrist strap bracelet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse off mud or salt and let it air dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim and melt the cord ends only with care, away from children.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the paracord bracelet adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe paracord wrist strap bracelet has a sliding cord lock on two free ends. Pull it snug on your wrist and slide the lock down to hold it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the bracelet as a camera strap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the supplier also sells this paracord wrist strap bracelet as a wrist-mounted camera strap, tied through a camera's strap lug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rope strength does the paracord bracelet have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo breaking strength is given for this paracord wrist strap bracelet, so do not use it for climbing, towing or any load that could hurt someone if it fails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours can I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe paracord wrist strap bracelet comes in olive, dark green, green camo, orange and black, woodland camo, brown, navy, purple camo, orange, black, desert camo and grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Dark Green","offer_id":42881967128646,"sku":"14:175#HGN","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green Camo","offer_id":42881967161414,"sku":"14:29#MQL","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange and Black","offer_id":42881967194182,"sku":"14:200572156#CJH","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Woodland Camo","offer_id":42881967226950,"sku":"14:201618806#MJL","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42881967259718,"sku":"14:366#BK","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":42881967292486,"sku":"14:350686#BN","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy","offer_id":42881967325254,"sku":"14:173#SL","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple Camo","offer_id":42881967358022,"sku":"14:10#MCZ","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Camo","offer_id":42881967390790,"sku":"14:350853#MCX","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive","offer_id":42881967423558,"sku":"14:193#JL","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":42881967456326,"sku":"14:691#GY","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":42881967489094,"sku":"14:350852#OG","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sb0283ae1f3b94ed681065d9c4471b033C.webp?v=1744147613"},{"product_id":"7-core-paracord-bracelet-23cm","title":"7-Core Paracord Bracelet – 23 cm, Buckle Clasp, 6 Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eWoven tight from seven-core cord, this paracord bracelet earns its place on a pack strap or a wrist as a piece of spare cord you may one day be glad of. Snap the plastic buckle to close it and unpick the weave if you ever need a length of line for tying gear or a tent guy. Bright red or yellow shows up in a kit bag, and black or army green stays quiet. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven-core cord\u003c\/strong\u003e – a thick weave with seven inner strands, per the maker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuckle clasp\u003c\/strong\u003e – a plastic side-release clip that opens with two fingers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e23 cm length\u003c\/strong\u003e – measured end to end, loose enough for most wrists\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix colors\u003c\/strong\u003e – red, blue, black, green, yellow or army green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnpicks into cord\u003c\/strong\u003e – for light jobs such as tying gear or a shoelace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParacord bracelet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCord\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-core\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClasp\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic side-release buckle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, blue, black, green, yellow, army green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a paracord bracelet hold my weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Don't use this paracord bracelet for climbing, rescue or anything that holds a person. We list no tested load rating, so keep it to light tasks such as tying gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the paracord bracelet fit a small wrist?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAt 23 cm the paracord bracelet runs large on a small wrist, and it does not adjust. Measure around your wrist before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much cord does a paracord bracelet give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe don't list an unwound length for this paracord bracelet, so use it as a handy spare rather than a measured supply. Keep it out of reach of small children because of the cord and buckle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":42881968144454,"sku":"14:10#Red","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42881968177222,"sku":"14:173#Blue","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42881968209990,"sku":"14:193#Black","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42881968242758,"sku":"14:201618806#green","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42881968275526,"sku":"14:366#Yellow","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Army Green","offer_id":42881968308294,"sku":"14:350853#ArmyGreen","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S8ab7a2bfcb7f445082cb73a554eb1ad3x.webp?v=1744147614"},{"product_id":"mini-lighthouse-camping-lantern","title":"Mini Lighthouse Camping Lantern – Shade and Tripod, Type-C Charging","description":"\u003cp\u003eA mini lighthouse camping lantern that stands on a little folding tripod under a round shade, throwing a warm pool of light onto the camp table like a pendant lamp. Lift it off the tripod and it hangs from its top loop or rides in a jacket pocket. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound shade\u003c\/strong\u003e – 11.6 cm across, aims light down onto the table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding tripod\u003c\/strong\u003e – three legs for a table or flat rock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree brightness levels\u003c\/strong\u003e – low, medium and high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType-C charging\u003c\/strong\u003e – with a battery power display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or green\u003c\/strong\u003e – matching shade and grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLantern size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 cm tall, 2.8 cm across\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.6 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in lithium, rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBattery care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge before each trip; the power display shows the level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of heavy rain; no waterproof rating is given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the mini lighthouse camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mini lighthouse camping lantern is 10.5 cm tall and 2.8 cm across the body, with an 11.6 cm shade on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the mini lighthouse camping lantern's shade for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe round shade on the mini lighthouse camping lantern spreads the light downwards onto a table, like a small pendant lamp; the lantern can also be used without it as a torch-style light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the mini lighthouse camping lantern charged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mini lighthouse camping lantern has a built-in rechargeable lithium battery and charges through a Type-C port, with a power display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42885523374150,"sku":"249:89112397#2022 black","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42885523406918,"sku":"249:200006401#2022 green","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S1eda2b355ca649f886943d655c32db37K.webp?v=1744221739"},{"product_id":"mini-led-camping-lantern-rechargeable","title":"Mini LED Camping Lantern – Rechargeable 1000 mAh, 15-100 lm, 5 Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis mini LED camping lantern is a round, palm-sized light at 80 x 102 mm and 102 g that hangs from a soft loop on a tent pole, a hook or a branch. A 1000 mAh rechargeable battery gives 4 to 14 hours of light depending on the setting, with brightness from 15 to 100 lumens, enough for reading in the tent or lighting a table. The domed top comes in black, white, green, yellow or brown over a frosted lower shade. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and light\u003c\/strong\u003e – 80 x 102 mm and 102 g, it packs into a backpack pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRechargeable\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 1000 mAh battery, so no disposable batteries are needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 to 100 lumens\u003c\/strong\u003e – a dim glow for night in the tent or brighter light for cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 to 14 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e – run time depends on the brightness you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging loop\u003c\/strong\u003e – a soft strap on top for tent poles, hooks and branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 x 102 mm (3.1 x 4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e102 g (3.6 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mAh, rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrightness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 to 100 lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRun time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 to 14 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS and silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White, Green, Yellow, Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the mini LED camping lantern last on one charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mini LED camping lantern runs for 4 to 14 hours on its 1000 mAh battery, longest on the lowest brightness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow bright is the mini LED camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mini LED camping lantern gives 15 to 100 lumens, enough to light the inside of a tent or a camp table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the mini LED camping lantern get wet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mini LED camping lantern is listed as IPX6, so light rain and splashes are fine; do not submerge it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the mini LED camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mini LED camping lantern is 80 x 102 mm (3.1 x 4 in) and weighs 102 g, about the size of an orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42885523537990,"sku":"14:193#Black","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":42885523570758,"sku":"14:173#White","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42885523603526,"sku":"14:10#Green","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42885523636294,"sku":"14:175#Yellow","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":42885523669062,"sku":"14:350853#Brown","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S9e039c1224d94dbbbdcb454832b34713v.webp?v=1744221741"},{"product_id":"lantern-flashlight-power-bank","title":"Lantern Flashlight with Power Bank – Spotlight, Red SOS, USB Charging","description":"\u003cp\u003eType A of this lantern flashlight with power bank does three jobs on a camping trip or in a power cut: a spotlight on the front for the path, a wide glowing tube to light the tent, and a USB-A port that turns its battery into a phone charger. A red mode flashes SOS if the car breaks down at night. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpotlight and lantern\u003c\/strong\u003e – front beam plus a wide light tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 light modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – dimmable white, plus red and red SOS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower bank output\u003c\/strong\u003e – USB-A port for a phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB charging\u003c\/strong\u003e – micro-USB input, battery level display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-out handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – carry it as a torch or hang it from the top loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType A size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 × 85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType B size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 × 8.5 cm, egg-shaped lantern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in lithium, rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight modes (Type A)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6, incl. red SOS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eType A is the larger lantern-torch with the power-bank port. Type B is the compact egg-shaped lantern for a bedside or tent pocket. Neither has a magnet base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBattery care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge fully before trips and every few months in storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the port cover closed in damp weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lantern (Type A or Type B)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 USB charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the lantern flashlight with power bank charge my phone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Type A of the lantern flashlight with power bank has a USB-A output under a rubber cover, so its built-in battery can top up a phone from your own cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat light modes does the lantern flashlight with power bank have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eType A of the lantern flashlight with power bank has 6 light modes across a front spotlight, a wide lantern tube and a red light that also flashes as an SOS signal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Type B of the lantern flashlight with power bank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eType B is a smaller egg-shaped lantern, 15 cm tall and 8.5 cm across, with a carry handle; the power-bank output and spotlight described here belong to Type A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the lantern flashlight with power bank charged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe lantern flashlight with power bank charges only by USB; it has no solar panel, no magnetic base and does not telescope.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Type A – Lantern Torch with Power Bank","offer_id":42885523701830,"sku":"200007763:201336100;249:89112397#Type A","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Type B – Compact Egg Lantern","offer_id":42885523734598,"sku":"200007763:201336100;249:200006401#Type B","price":93.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S191ab31e2c004e8ca502e63c740a388cj.webp?v=1744221741"},{"product_id":"gas-candle-lantern-glass-chimney","title":"Gas Candle Lantern – Glass Chimney, Fits Butane Canister, 12 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis gas candle lantern turns a camping gas canister into an old-style table lamp: a small burner screws on top, and a real flame flickers inside a clear glass chimney. A side valve turns the flame up or down for a soft candle glow on the picnic table. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal flame\u003c\/strong\u003e – a candle-like flicker, not an LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass chimney\u003c\/strong\u003e – 6.5 cm wide, shields the flame from wind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable valve\u003c\/strong\u003e – turn the flame up or down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew-on burner\u003c\/strong\u003e – fits on top of a camping gas canister\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage tube\u003c\/strong\u003e – a hard tube protects the glass in a pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eButane camping gas canister (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChimney diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 × 6.5 × 6.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafe use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoors only; never in a tent, car, camper or closed room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet the glass cool before touching or packing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep away from children; turn the valve fully off after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 burner with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 glass chimney\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 storage tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fuel does the gas candle lantern use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe gas candle lantern screws onto a camping gas canister and burns butane; the canister is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the gas candle lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe gas candle lantern is about 12 cm tall with a 6.5 cm glass chimney, and packs into a 15 × 6.5 × 6.5 cm storage tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the gas candle lantern be used in a tent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The gas candle lantern has a real flame and burns gas, so use it outdoors only, away from tents, awnings and anything that can catch fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42885577769030,"sku":"14:193","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Scba63fa4bfaf40f3bfa3d6985abdd4c7C.webp?v=1744222671"},{"product_id":"vintage-hanging-camping-lantern","title":"Vintage Hanging Camping Lantern – Rechargeable, Warm Light, 154 g","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis vintage hanging camping lantern looks like a miniature barn lamp, with a domed shade, a wire cage over the bulb and a cord loop to hang it from a tent ridge or a branch. It glows warm for evenings at camp and charges by USB from a power bank. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBarn-lamp look\u003c\/strong\u003e – domed shade and wire cage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm light\u003c\/strong\u003e – a soft glow for the campsite table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200 mAh battery\u003c\/strong\u003e – USB rechargeable, cable included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery indicator\u003c\/strong\u003e – green, red, then flashing red when low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHanging cord\u003c\/strong\u003e – a triangle loop for hooks and branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 × 104 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 154 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mAh, rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRun time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 80 h (maker's figure)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Army Green, Khaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBattery care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge fully before a trip and every few months in storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of heavy rain; no waterproof rating is given.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 USB charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the vintage hanging camping lantern run?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker rates the vintage hanging camping lantern's 1200 mAh battery at up to 80 hours; expect less at full brightness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I know when the vintage hanging camping lantern needs charging?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe battery light on the vintage hanging camping lantern is green from 100 to 15%, red from 15 to 5% and flashes red below 5%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the vintage hanging camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe vintage hanging camping lantern is 93 × 104 mm and weighs about 154 g, with a cord loop to hang it from a tent or tree.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours does the vintage hanging camping lantern come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe vintage hanging camping lantern comes in black, army green or khaki; each comes with a USB charging cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":42885578096710,"sku":"14:193#Campinglight-HS","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Army Green","offer_id":42885578129478,"sku":"14:175#Campinglight-AG","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki","offer_id":42885578162246,"sku":"14:23399589369#Campinglight-KA","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S3adc6687a0404bd89ab52b72cdeeb3a0v.webp?v=1744222673"},{"product_id":"refillable-metal-hand-warmer-butterfly","title":"Refillable Metal Hand Warmer – Butterfly Cutout, Pouch and Fill Cup","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis refillable metal hand warmer is a palm-sized case with a butterfly cutout in the lid and a fuel burner head inside, so it gives off heat in a coat pocket on a winter walk, an ice-fishing trip or a ski lift. You fill the body with fuel using the small cup, light the burner head, close the lid and slide it into the soft drawstring pouch. It comes in matte silver, black or a polished silver case with a raised butterfly. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse it safely.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a fuel-burning warmer: fill and light it outdoors away from flames, wipe off spilled fuel, and always keep it in the pouch. Never use it while sleeping, in a sleeping bag or a closed space, and keep it away from children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefillable\u003c\/strong\u003e – fill it again instead of buying single-use packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBurner head\u003c\/strong\u003e – a removable metal burner sits under the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButterfly lid\u003c\/strong\u003e – cut-out vents let the warmth through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelvet pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e – a drawstring bag holds the warmer in a pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilling cup\u003c\/strong\u003e – a small cup measures the fuel into the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFuel-burning hand warmer, refillable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal case with butterfly cutout lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBurner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable metal burner head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Silver, Black, Polished Silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn the box\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand warmer, drawstring pouch, filling cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the refillable metal hand warmer work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe refillable metal hand warmer burns a small amount of fuel in its burner head; fill the case with the cup, light the burner, close the lid and put it in the pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs fuel included with the refillable metal hand warmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The refillable metal hand warmer comes with a pouch and filling cup but no fuel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the refillable metal hand warmer safe to use in a tent or sleeping bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The refillable metal hand warmer burns fuel, so use it only with fresh air around it and never inside a sleeping bag, a closed tent or while sleeping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the refillable metal hand warmer come with a pouch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pouch keeps the hot metal case of the refillable metal hand warmer off your skin and holds the heat in your pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Matte Silver","offer_id":42885578620998,"sku":"14:350853","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":42885578653766,"sku":"14:193","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polished Silver","offer_id":42885578686534,"sku":"14:200002130","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sf3b8b07b5bf049978dd9f00f19f088240.webp?v=1744222675"},{"product_id":"collapsible-aaa-camping-lantern","title":"Collapsible AAA Camping Lantern – Pull-Up On Switch, COB or LED","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis collapsible AAA camping lantern pulls open to switch on and pushes shut to switch off, packing down small for a glovebox, a tent pocket or the kitchen drawer for power cuts. It runs on 3 AAA batteries, so spares from any shop keep it going. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePull-up switch\u003c\/strong\u003e – extending the lantern turns it on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo light styles\u003c\/strong\u003e – A with COB bars, B with LED bulbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAAA powered\u003c\/strong\u003e – 3 standard batteries, easy to replace\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-down handles\u003c\/strong\u003e – hang it from a tent loop or carry it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact\u003c\/strong\u003e – 190 mm tall open, 68 mm wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × AAA batteries (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA: COB bars; B: LED bulbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRun time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4 hours (supplier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize open\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 68 mm (7.5 × 2.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatteries are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the batteries out for long storage to avoid leaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 collapsible lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat batteries does the collapsible AAA camping lantern use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe collapsible AAA camping lantern runs on 3 AAA batteries, which are not included; it is not rechargeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the collapsible AAA camping lantern turn on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePull the top of the collapsible AAA camping lantern up to extend it and the light comes on; push it down to switch off and pack it small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between versions A and B of the collapsible AAA camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVersion A of the collapsible AAA camping lantern has COB light bars for a wide, even glow; version B has rows of small LED bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the collapsible AAA camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe collapsible AAA camping lantern is 190 mm (7.5 in) tall when open and 68 mm (2.7 in) across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"A – COB Bars","offer_id":42889332195398,"sku":"200007763:201336100;249:89112397#A","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B – LED Bulbs","offer_id":42889332228166,"sku":"200007763:201336100;249:200006401#B","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sb49a7e99313d4899a81065f6fddf0406e.webp?v=1744299768"},{"product_id":"rechargeable-ribbed-camping-lantern","title":"Rechargeable Ribbed Camping Lantern – 3000 mAh, Warm Glow, Stands","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis rechargeable ribbed camping lantern gives a warm, candle-like glow through its fluted shade, small enough to hold in one hand and hang from a tent loop or a tree branch. A 3000 mAh battery charges by USB, and the base fits the matching tripod and pole stands for a table or a campsite. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarm ribbed shade\u003c\/strong\u003e – soft amber light for a tent or a patio table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3000 mAh battery\u003c\/strong\u003e – built in, recharged with the USB cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop loop\u003c\/strong\u003e – hangs from a hook, branch or tent ceiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand mount\u003c\/strong\u003e – fits the tripod (B) and pole stands (A, D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite or black\u003c\/strong\u003e – the two lantern colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mAh, rechargeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB cable (included with the lantern)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLantern colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA Bracket (pole stand), B Bracket (tripod), D Bracket (multi-lamp stand), wooden lampshade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing an option\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick White or Black to get a lantern. The four other options are accessories only: A Bracket is an aluminium pole stand (3 poles and a base), B Bracket a folding tripod, D Bracket a stand for several lanterns, and Lampshade a wood-look cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBattery care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge fully before the first trip and every few months in storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it out of rain; it is a camping light, not a dive light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite or Black: 1 lantern, 1 USB cable, 1 sticker sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory options: the accessory only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich options of the rechargeable ribbed camping lantern include the lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly White and Black are the rechargeable ribbed camping lantern itself, with a USB charging cable and a sticker sheet; A Bracket, B Bracket, D Bracket and Lampshade are add-on accessories without a lantern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat battery does the rechargeable ribbed camping lantern have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rechargeable ribbed camping lantern has a built-in 3000 mAh battery that charges from USB with the included cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you hang or stand the rechargeable ribbed camping lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rechargeable ribbed camping lantern hangs from the loop on top, stands on its base, or screws onto the tripod or pole stands sold as accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndependent design. Not affiliated with or endorsed by any brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"A Bracket – Pole Stand Only","offer_id":42892795871302,"sku":"14:175#A bracket","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lampshade Only","offer_id":42892795904070,"sku":"14:173#lampshade","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"D Bracket – Multi-Lamp Stand Only","offer_id":42892795936838,"sku":"14:1052#D bracket","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B Bracket – Tripod Only","offer_id":42892795969606,"sku":"14:366#B bracket","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Lantern","offer_id":42892796002374,"sku":"14:10#White","price":27.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Lantern","offer_id":42892796035142,"sku":"14:350853#Black","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S9d7687e0b6f94014b680fa5ac98848409.webp?v=1744393813"},{"product_id":"usb-heated-pad-5v-seat-sleeping","title":"USB Heated Pad – 5V Heating Mat for Seat, Sofa or Sleeping, 3 Sizes","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis USB heated pad is a quilted mat with heating zones inside that runs on 5V from a power bank or USB adapter, so it can warm a camping chair, a car seat, the sofa or the floor of a tent. A button on the corner switches between 3 heat levels. Pick the 45 x 45 cm seat pad, the 45 x 90 cm bench pad, or the 60 x 180 cm sleeping pad, in dark brown, navy blue or khaki. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse it safely.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unplug it when not in use, do not fold it while heating, keep it dry, and do not use it on babies, small children, pets or anyone who cannot feel heat or move off the pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on USB\u003c\/strong\u003e – 5V from a power bank or USB adapter, handy at a campsite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeating zones\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 heated panels spread across the pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 heat levels\u003c\/strong\u003e – one button on the corner cycles the setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e – 45 x 45 cm seat, 45 x 90 cm bench or 60 x 180 cm sleeping pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuilted cover\u003c\/strong\u003e – a padded top for sitting or lying on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB, 5V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeating zones\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (sleeping pad 4 to 5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 45 cm (17.7 x 17.7 in), 45 x 90 cm (17.7 x 35.4 in), 60 x 180 cm (23.6 x 70.9 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE cotton filling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB or USB Type-C, by option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark Brown, Navy Blue, Khaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat powers the USB heated pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe USB heated pad runs on 5V from a USB power bank or a USB wall adapter; check whether your option has a USB or a USB Type-C plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size of the USB heated pad should I pick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePick 45 x 45 cm for one chair or car seat, 45 x 90 cm for a bench or sofa seat, and 60 x 180 cm to lie on in a tent or bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I sleep on the USB heated pad all night?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSet the USB heated pad to a low level and switch it off before sleeping; do not use it for babies, small children or anyone who can't feel heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Dark Brown, 45 x 45 cm, USB","offer_id":42892943032390,"sku":"14:365458#Dark Brown USB S","price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Brown, 45 x 90 cm, USB","offer_id":42892943065158,"sku":"14:350850#Dark Brown USB L","price":54.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy Blue, 45 x 45 cm, USB","offer_id":42892943097926,"sku":"14:350852#Navy Blue USB S","price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy Blue, 60 x 180 cm, USB Type-C","offer_id":42892943130694,"sku":"14:200003699#Navy Blue USB Type-C","price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki, 60 x 180 cm, USB Type-C","offer_id":42892943163462,"sku":"14:200004890#Khaki USB Type-C","price":47.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy Blue, 60 x 180 cm, Type-C","offer_id":42892943196230,"sku":"14:200004891#Navy Blue Type-C","price":46.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sfbc0d2f570bc4e3eabf16a62cceec7a4A.webp?v=1744400966"},{"product_id":"mini-air-mattress-pump-rechargeable","title":"Mini Air Mattress Pump – Rechargeable, Inflate and Deflate, 130 g","description":"\u003cp\u003eBlow up the air bed at the campsite without a socket: this mini air mattress pump weighs about 130 g, charges by USB-C and pushes 230 L\/min, then reverses to empty the mattress or vacuum-pack bedding. Its top doubles as a hanging LED lantern. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflate and deflate\u003c\/strong\u003e – two ports, one for blowing in, one for drawing air out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour nozzles\u003c\/strong\u003e – swim ring, vacuum bag, small and large mattress valves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable-free\u003c\/strong\u003e – 1600mAh battery, 22–24 minutes of continuous pumping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLantern modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – soft 130 lm, bright 400 lm and an SOS signal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLanyard\u003c\/strong\u003e – hang it in the tent or clip it to a bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAir flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAir pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600mAh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C, 5 V 1 A, 2–3 h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 × 55 × 71 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 130 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS and PC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTyres, basketballs, volleyballs or balloons – the pressure is too low\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMini air mattress pump with lanyard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 air nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the mini air mattress pump inflate car or bike tyres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The mini air mattress pump moves a lot of air at low pressure (3.5 kPa), so it suits mattresses, pool floats and storage bags, not tyres, balls or balloons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many air mattresses can the mini air mattress pump fill on one charge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker's figures for the mini air mattress pump are about 10 single or 6 double air mattresses, 10 swim rings or 5 inflatable boats per full charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the mini air mattress pump deflate too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The mini air mattress pump has a separate deflating port, which also sucks the air out of vacuum storage bags for packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I charge the mini air mattress pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCharge the mini air mattress pump through its USB-C port at 5 V 1 A; a full charge takes 2–3 hours and gives 22–24 minutes of continuous pumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43028647510086,"sku":"200000182:29#White","price":52.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S28b9f89402304303a8a10a6d448dd35d2.webp?v=1746807375"},{"product_id":"folding-camping-chair-aluminum-150kg","title":"Folding Camping Chair – 7075 Aluminum Frame, 150 kg Load, Packs Small","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis folding camping chair packs into a bag about 40 × 12 × 11 cm and weighs 2.09 lb, yet sets up into a low, bucket-style seat that holds up to 150 kg. Shock-corded 7075 aluminum poles snap into a hub, the 600D Oxford seat slips over the four corners, and mesh side panels let air through on warm days. A side pocket holds a phone or drink. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacks small\u003c\/strong\u003e – folds into a carry bag about 40 × 12 × 11 cm (15.7 × 4.7 × 4.3 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight to carry\u003c\/strong\u003e – 2.09 lb, easy to strap to a backpack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg load\u003c\/strong\u003e – a 7075 aluminum alloy frame rated to 150 kg per chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e – 600D Oxford cloth with a water-resistant coating and mesh sides that dry quickly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide feet\u003c\/strong\u003e – rubber foot pads help it stand on grass and sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding camping chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7075 aluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford cloth, water-resistant coating, mesh side panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize set up\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 70 × 56 × 50 cm (27.5 × 22 × 19.6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 40 × 12 × 11 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.09 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtras\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide pocket, carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the folding camping chair hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding camping chair is rated to hold up to 150 kg on its 7075 aluminum frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the folding camping chair when set up?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSet up, the folding camping chair measures about 70 cm tall, 56 cm wide and 50 cm deep (27.5 × 22 × 19.6 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I set up the folding camping chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnfold the shock-corded poles of the folding camping chair so they click into the hub, then stretch the seat corners over the four pole ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the folding camping chair get wet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding camping chair seat has a water-resistant coating and quick-drying mesh, but let it dry fully before packing it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43034629275718,"sku":"14:193","price":231.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S1c80c6acc93b43579012ded71358cadbS.webp?v=1747153604"},{"product_id":"tripod-camp-stool-folding","title":"Tripod Camp Stool – Folding Three-Leg Seat, Green, Red or Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eFishermen and photographers have used a tripod camp stool for decades because it weighs little and fits anywhere. Three steel legs swing out from a centre pivot and pull a triangle of fabric tight to sit on; folded, it becomes a short rod with a strap that hangs from a pack. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-leg design\u003c\/strong\u003e – stands steady on uneven grass and riverbanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds into a rod\u003c\/strong\u003e – legs close together and a strap holds the seat round them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel legs\u003c\/strong\u003e – black-coated steel with end caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRiveted fabric seat\u003c\/strong\u003e – bound edges and metal rivets at the corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – green, red or blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, 3 legs with centre pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriangle Oxford fabric, bound edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRod shape with strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen, Red, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFishing, hiking breaks, queues, gardening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 tripod camp stool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread the legs fully so the seat is tight before sitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit centred over the pivot rather than on one corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow small does the tripod camp stool get when packed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe three legs of the tripod camp stool meet at a centre pivot; pull them together and the fabric seat wraps round them, then the strap holds it closed like a short rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tripod camp stool sturdy on uneven ground?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree steel legs find their own footing on grass, gravel or a riverbank, so the tripod camp stool stays steady where a four-leg stool would rock; the Oxford-fabric seat is riveted at each corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the tripod camp stool big enough for an adult?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a small, low stool for short rests: fishing, waiting in a queue or a break on a hike. Anyone wanting back support should look at a full camping chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose a colour?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The tripod camp stool comes in green, red or blue; all three are the same size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":43034629636166,"sku":"14:175#Green","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":43034629668934,"sku":"14:10#Red","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":43034629701702,"sku":"14:173#Blue","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S130c721aa8e040939a061d762629f70dD.webp?v=1747153606"},{"product_id":"folding-solar-lantern-4-panels","title":"Folding Solar Lantern – 4 Light Panels, Solar and USB Charging","description":"\u003cp\u003eClosed, this folding solar lantern looks like a small white ball; open its four panels and it hangs from the tent ceiling and lights the whole space. A solar panel on top charges it in daylight, a USB socket covers cloudy days, and a metal hook hangs it wherever you need light. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour folding panels\u003c\/strong\u003e – swing out to 90° like a fan for wide light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolar plus USB charging\u003c\/strong\u003e – polysilicon solar panel on top, USB socket as backup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 modes\u003c\/strong\u003e – low, medium, high, SOS and strobe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal hook\u003c\/strong\u003e – hangs from tent loops, branches or beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCloses into a ball\u003c\/strong\u003e – panels fold in for the drive home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, adjustable to 90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCharging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolysilicon solar panel and USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow, medium, high, SOS, strobe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHanging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 folding solar lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave it with the solar panel facing the sun during the day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold the panels in before packing so the hook and top stay clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the folding solar lantern charged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding solar lantern charges from the polysilicon solar panel on its top in daylight, or from a USB cable when the sun is not out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the folding panels of the solar lantern work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe four light panels of the folding solar lantern swing out to 90°, opening like a fan for a wide spread of light, or close into a ball for carrying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat light modes does the folding solar lantern have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding solar lantern has 5 modes: low, medium and high light, SOS and strobe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you hang the folding solar lantern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA hard metal hook on top of the folding solar lantern hangs it from a tent loop, a branch or a garage beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43034757300294,"sku":"136:173#C29X","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Scda3a0d10d54457db3ca084d7216a06as.webp?v=1747155161"},{"product_id":"portable-ground-chair-backrest-folding","title":"Portable Ground Chair Backrest – Folding, 700 g, Carry Bag, 4 Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis portable ground chair backrest props you up on grass or sand with no legs to sink in. It is a padded seat pad and back panel on a folding bracket: you sit on the fabric and your own weight holds it in place. It rolls into a bag about the size of a large water bottle, handy for concerts and lakeside afternoons. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSits on the ground\u003c\/strong\u003e – the seat is 39.5 cm long and 38 cm wide, with a back panel of 41.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e – a steel pipe support stands behind the back panel and packs flat inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600D Oxford fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – the woven fabric shows water beading in the maker's photo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry bag with handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – it rolls to 11.5 x 11.5 x 42 cm with a strap for your hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.5 x 38 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack panel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.5 cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet-up height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 700 g with bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 x 11.5 x 42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeige, black, brown, green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this ground chair backrest have legs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This ground chair backrest sits directly on the ground, so your seat is at floor level and you will want a dry spot or a picnic blanket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the ground chair backrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ground chair backrest weighs about 700 g with its storage bag, per the maker's chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ground chair backrest waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maker describes the fabric of the ground chair backrest as waterproof and breathable, but no test is available, so don't leave it out in rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is the back of the ground chair backrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ground chair backrest stands about 39 cm high when set up, so it supports the lower and middle back on most adults.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":43034759168070,"sku":"14:200000195#BROWN","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43034759200838,"sku":"14:193#Black","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":43034759233606,"sku":"14:175#Green","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beige","offer_id":43034759266374,"sku":"14:201447499#Cream-coloured","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S6be1d50a1d3a40d78800606ad0864383M.webp?v=1747155166"},{"product_id":"backrest-floor-chair-foldable","title":"Backrest Floor Chair – Foldable Ground Seat with Back, 500 g","description":"\u003cp\u003eSitting on a blanket is fine for ten minutes; this backrest floor chair keeps your back supported for the whole concert, picnic or beach afternoon. The padded Oxford-cloth cushion folds into a seat and a backrest held up by a 7075 aluminium triangle brace, and the whole chair weighs about 500 g. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBack support on the ground\u003c\/strong\u003e – 41.5 cm padded backrest on a 39.5 × 38 cm seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTriangle brace\u003c\/strong\u003e – 7075 aluminium legs, PA66 nylon joints and a rubber tension band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout 500 g\u003c\/strong\u003e – lighter than a full water bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600D Oxford cover\u003c\/strong\u003e – water-repellent fabric over soft foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds in four steps\u003c\/strong\u003e – packs into a 51 × 24 cm carry bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.5 × 38 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.5 cm long, about 39 cm high when set up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7075 aluminium alloy, PA66 nylon joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford cloth with foam padding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 500 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 × 24 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen, Black, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 backrest floor chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 carry bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the backrest floor chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe backrest floor chair has a 39.5 × 38 cm seat and a 41.5 cm backrest that stands about 39 cm high when propped by its frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the backrest floor chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe backrest floor chair weighs about 500 g and packs into a 51 × 24 cm bag with a handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you set up the backrest floor chair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnfold the cushion of the backrest floor chair, swing out the aluminium legs and let the rubber band pull them into the triangle brace; it folds back in four steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the backrest floor chair be used on sand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The backrest floor chair sits directly on the ground, so it works on sand, grass, a picnic blanket or a tent floor; the 600D Oxford cover wipes clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":43034759299142,"sku":"14:200844061#Green","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43034759331910,"sku":"14:200844060#Black","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":43034759364678,"sku":"14:201447499#White","price":37.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S7dba3a7d1ce34566b6e54cd66e3100d6U.webp?v=1747155167"},{"product_id":"adjustable-trekking-pole-aluminium","title":"Adjustable Trekking Pole – Aluminium, 3 or 4 Sections, up to 110 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor hill walks, snowy trails and city hikes, this adjustable trekking pole extends to 110 cm and slides back down to travel in a pack. Choose 3 sections for fewer joints or 4 sections for a shorter packed length; both have an aluminium alloy shaft, a rubber handle with wrist strap and a basket near the tip. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtends to 110 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e – set the length for flat ground, climbs or descents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 or 4 sections\u003c\/strong\u003e – the 4-section version packs shorter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – contoured grip with an adjustable wrist strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium alloy shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 0.35 kg per pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasket and rubber tip\u003c\/strong\u003e – steadier on mud and snow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 cm (43.31 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 or 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShaft\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber, with wrist strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 0.35 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurple, Red, Silver, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHiking, mountaineering, skiing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 adjustable trekking pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 3-section and 4-section poles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth versions of the adjustable trekking pole reach 110 cm; the 4-section pole has one more joint, so it collapses shorter for a daypack, while the 3-section pole has fewer joints to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the adjustable trekking pole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe seller lists the adjustable trekking pole at 0.35 kg, with an aluminium alloy shaft and a rubber handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tip does the adjustable trekking pole have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe adjustable trekking pole has a rubber tip and a small trekking basket near the end for soft ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it sold as one pole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, each variant is one adjustable trekking pole; order two of the same colour for a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Purple – 3 Sections","offer_id":43034788757574,"sku":"14:175#3 Section Purple","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red – 4 Sections","offer_id":43034788790342,"sku":"14:366#4 Section Red","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver – 4 Sections","offer_id":43034788823110,"sku":"14:29#4 Section Silver","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 4 Sections","offer_id":43034788855878,"sku":"14:200002984#4 Section Black","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple – 4 Sections","offer_id":43034788888646,"sku":"14:10#4 Section Purple","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red – 3 Sections","offer_id":43034788921414,"sku":"14:200006151#3 Section Red","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver – 3 Sections","offer_id":43034788954182,"sku":"14:496#3 Section Silver","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 3 Sections","offer_id":43034788986950,"sku":"14:193#3 Section Black","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sd764beb6ba204d89a75b8f957974f317R.webp?v=1747157392"},{"product_id":"t-handle-trekking-pole-4-section","title":"T-Handle Trekking Pole – 4 Sections, 53 to 110 cm, 315 g","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe T-shaped handle on this trekking pole lets you press down on the top with your palm, the way a walking cane is held, on steep steps and loose ground. It is aluminium in 4 twist-lock sections, adjusts from 53 to 110 cm and weighs about 315 g, so it straps to the side of a daypack. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eT-shaped handle\u003c\/strong\u003e – palm rests on top, with a sponge-wrapped neck below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e53–110 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e – 4 telescopic sections with expander twist locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout 315 g\u003c\/strong\u003e – light enough to carry on a pack when not in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrinted length scale\u003c\/strong\u003e – set the same height each time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon tungsten steel tip\u003c\/strong\u003e – bites into packed earth and gravel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53–110 cm (20.8–43.3 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShaft\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic T-handle, sponge wrap, nylon wrist strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon tungsten steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 315 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load (seller)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, Silver, Blue, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 T-handle trekking pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn flat ground set the length so your elbow bends at about 90°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShorten it for climbs and lengthen it for descents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the T-handle trekking pole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe T-handle trekking pole adjusts from 53 to 110 cm (20.8 to 43.3 in) in four sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the T-handle trekking pole weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe T-handle trekking pole weighs about 315 g, a little less than a 380 ml bottle of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you lock the length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach section of the T-handle trekking pole has an expander lock: pull the section to length, then twist it tight; a printed scale helps set both poles the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat load is the T-handle trekking pole rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe seller rates the T-handle trekking pole for a maximum load of 75 kg leaning on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":43034789019718,"sku":"14:10#Red","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":43034789052486,"sku":"14:200002984#Silver","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":43034789085254,"sku":"14:29#Blue","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43034789118022,"sku":"14:193#Black","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sbe475cab476c42af859043bebefbcb39x.webp?v=1747157393"},{"product_id":"telescopic-hiking-pole-aluminium","title":"Telescopic Hiking Pole – Aluminium, 65 to 135 cm, Single or Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eShorten it for the climb, lengthen it for the way down: this telescopic hiking pole slides from 65 to 135 cm in three aluminium sections and locks with an internal twist lock. Each pole weighs about 265 g and comes with a rubber tip cover and a wide basket, sold singly or as a pair in black, red or blue. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e – 65–135 cm, for walkers about 160–195 cm tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium alloy shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e – three telescopic sections, about 265 g per pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon steel tip\u003c\/strong\u003e – grips gravel and packed trail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwap-on feet\u003c\/strong\u003e – rubber cover for pavement, wide basket for mud and snow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – adjustable nylon strap on a contoured grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65–135 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits user height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160–195 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3, telescopic with internal locks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShaft\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 265 g per pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Red, Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pole or 2 poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 rubber tip cover and 1 basket per pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the telescopic hiking pole extend?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe telescopic hiking pole adjusts from 65 to 135 cm in three sections, which the seller rates for walkers from about 160 to 195 cm tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is one telescopic hiking pole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne telescopic hiking pole weighs about 265 g on the seller's scale photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tips come with the telescopic hiking pole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach telescopic hiking pole has a carbon steel tip, plus a rubber tip cover for hard ground and a wide basket for mud or snow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I buy one pole or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBuy one telescopic hiking pole for light support on easy walks, or the pair to share the work between both arms on long climbs and descents; the price per pole is lower in the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Blue – Pair","offer_id":43034789380166,"sku":"14:29#2PCS Blue","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – Pair","offer_id":43034789412934,"sku":"14:366#2PCS Black","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 1 Pole","offer_id":43034789445702,"sku":"14:496#1PC Black","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red – 1 Pole","offer_id":43034789478470,"sku":"14:200006151#1PC Red","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red – Pair","offer_id":43034789511238,"sku":"14:10#2PCS Red","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue – 1 Pole","offer_id":43034789544006,"sku":"14:200002984#1PC Blue","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sb629cb4856df4e9fb022362412648209d.webp?v=1747157394"},{"product_id":"folding-carbon-trekking-pole-5-section","title":"Folding Carbon Trekking Pole – 5-Section, 110 to 130 cm, from 110 g","description":"\u003cp\u003eAt about 120 g for a 120 cm pole, this folding carbon trekking pole is light enough to forget on your pack until the descent. The carbon fibre shaft breaks into 5 corded sections and folds into a short stack; the length is fixed at 110, 120 or 130 cm, chosen by your height. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon fibre shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 110–130 g per pole depending on length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds in 5\u003c\/strong\u003e – corded sections snap together and fold into a compact stack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEVA foam grip\u003c\/strong\u003e – long foam handle with a wrist strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbide tip and basket\u003c\/strong\u003e – tungsten-steel tip with a mud basket for soft ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e – black carbon, blue-to-orange gradient or bamboo-look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShaft\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre, 5 sections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed: 110, 120 or 130 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 110 g (110 cm), 120 g (120 cm), 130 g (130 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA foam, straight grip, wrist strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon tungsten steel with mud basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pole or 1 pair (pair with storage bag)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing a length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e150–160 cm tall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–105 cm (choose 110 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e161–175 cm tall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–115 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e176–185 cm tall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120–125 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e186–195 cm tall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130–135 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pole or 1 pair of poles in the chosen length and finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage bag with a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessories option: rubber tip covers only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these carbon trekking poles adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Each folding carbon trekking pole is a fixed length of 110, 120 or 130 cm, so pick the length from your height: about 110 cm for 161–165 cm, 120 cm for 176–180 cm and 130 cm for 186–190 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow light is a folding carbon trekking pole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne folding carbon trekking pole weighs about 110 g at 110 cm, 120 g at 120 cm and 130 g at 130 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the folding carbon trekking pole pack down?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding carbon trekking pole has 5 sections joined by an inner cord; pull the sections apart and they fold into a short stack that fits a daypack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes with a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA pair of folding carbon trekking poles comes with a drawstring storage bag, and the poles have mud baskets on the tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the accessories option?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe accessories option is a set of black rubber tip covers for the folding carbon trekking poles, for walking on pavement or rock; it does not include a pole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Blue – 130 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790002758,"sku":"14:1063#blue 130cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bamboo – 130 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790035526,"sku":"14:100018786#bamboo 130cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 110 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790068294,"sku":"14:193#black 110cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue – 110 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790101062,"sku":"14:200003699#blue 110cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue – 110 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790133830,"sku":"14:175#blue 110cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bamboo – 110 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790166598,"sku":"14:200005536#bamboo 110cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue – 120 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790199366,"sku":"14:173#blue 120cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bamboo – 120 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790232134,"sku":"14:365016#bamboo 120cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bamboo – 120 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790264902,"sku":"14:496#bamboo 120cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rubber Tip Covers Only","offer_id":43034790297670,"sku":"14:200006156#accessories","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bamboo – 130 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790330438,"sku":"14:200006151#bamboo 130cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 130 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790363206,"sku":"14:10#black 130cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue – 120 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790395974,"sku":"14:365458#blue 120cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bamboo – 110 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790428742,"sku":"14:200002984#bamboo 110cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue – 130 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790461510,"sku":"14:200004890#blue 130cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 110 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790494278,"sku":"14:29#black 110cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 120 cm, Pair","offer_id":43034790527046,"sku":"14:366#black 120cm 1pair","price":99.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 120 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790559814,"sku":"14:200006152#black 120cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black – 130 cm, 1 Pole","offer_id":43034790592582,"sku":"14:200006153#black 130cm 1pc","price":64.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Scb877d7bc1254540a8d6bf495cfa37209.webp?v=1747157397"},{"product_id":"adjustable-trekking-pole-aluminum-65-135-cm","title":"Adjustable Trekking Pole – Aluminum, 65 to 135 cm, Single or Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis adjustable trekking pole is a telescopic aluminum hiking stick that extends from 65 to 135 cm, so the same pole suits a short hiker, a tall one, or a steep descent where you want it longer. It weighs about 265 g, has a carbon tungsten steel tip for grip on rock and dirt, and comes with a rubber foot cover and a round basket you can swap on for pavement or mud. Buy one pole, or a pair to balance your load on both sides. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e65 to 135 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e – telescopic sections lock at the height you need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbout 265 g\u003c\/strong\u003e – an aluminum alloy shaft keeps the pole light to carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbide tip\u003c\/strong\u003e – carbon tungsten steel tip bites into rock and packed dirt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwap-on feet\u003c\/strong\u003e – a rubber foot cover and a round basket come with each pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e – an adjustable strap on the handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 to 135 cm (25.6 to 53.1 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 265 g (9.3 oz) per pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon tungsten steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJoints\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 locking joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, red, blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePer pole\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 rubber foot cover, 1 basket, wrist strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall does the trekking pole adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe adjustable trekking pole extends from 65 cm to 135 cm (25.6 to 53.1 in) and locks at the length you set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I buy one trekking pole or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne trekking pole helps on uneven ground; a pair spreads the effort across both arms on long climbs and descents, and the Pair option gives you two matching poles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the rubber foot cover on the trekking pole for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSlide the rubber foot cover over the carbide tip of the trekking pole on pavement or hard floors; take it off on dirt and rock for grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the trekking pole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach adjustable trekking pole weighs about 265 g (9.3 oz).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Single Pole – Black","offer_id":43034790690886,"sku":"14:496#1PC Black","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single Pole – Red","offer_id":43034790723654,"sku":"14:200006151#1PC Red","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair – Red","offer_id":43034790756422,"sku":"14:10#2PCS Red","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair – Blue","offer_id":43034790789190,"sku":"14:29#2PCS Blue","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair – Black","offer_id":43034790821958,"sku":"14:366#2PCS Black","price":57.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single Pole – Blue","offer_id":43034790854726,"sku":"14:200002984#1PC Blue","price":35.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sa60729e1ed454d459555350435513c9fq.webp?v=1747157396"},{"product_id":"foil-camping-mat-large-square","title":"Foil Camping Mat – Large Square Sizes up to 240 × 240 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eSized for a whole tent floor or a family picnic, this foil camping mat comes as large as 240 × 240 cm. EVA foam is sealed between two aluminium films, so the 0.25 cm sheet blocks ground damp on either side and wipes clean after muddy weekends. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBig coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e – 200 × 150, 200 × 200 or 240 × 240 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo foil faces\u003c\/strong\u003e – smooth aluminium film top and bottom, no wrong side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe-clean\u003c\/strong\u003e – coffee, sauce and mud wipe off the film\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight to carry\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 200–400 g by size, rolled into a zipped bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTent liner or picnic mat\u003c\/strong\u003e – lay it under sleeping bags or on open grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 150 cm, 200 × 200 cm, 240 × 240 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA foam with aluminium film on both sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 200–400 g depending on size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 foil camping mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 carry bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big are the square foil camping mats?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe foil camping mat comes in 200 × 150 cm, 200 × 200 cm and 240 × 240 cm; the two larger sizes are square and cover the floor of a typical family tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick is the foil camping mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe foil camping mat is 0.25 cm thick, foam with aluminium film on both faces, so it is a moisture layer rather than a padded mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the foil camping mat easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Spills and mud sit on the smooth aluminium film of the foil camping mat and wipe off with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the foil camping mat weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe seller gives about 200 to 400 g for the foil camping mat depending on size, and it rolls into a zipped carry bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"200 × 150 cm","offer_id":43034867597382,"sku":"5:200007224#200x150cm","price":25.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 × 200 cm","offer_id":43034867630150,"sku":"5:200013269#200x200cm","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 × 240 cm","offer_id":43034867662918,"sku":"5:200007225#240x240cm","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sd4f91734f6e2431bb881cd4025e8a957R.webp?v=1747160976"},{"product_id":"double-camping-sleeping-pad-foot-pump","title":"Double Camping Sleeping Pad – Built-In Foot Pump, 2 Pillows, 125 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis double camping sleeping pad gives a couple one wide surface in the tent so nobody rolls off a narrow mat at 3 a.m. Press your foot on the built-in pump and it fills with no lung work or batteries. At 125 cm across, it also fits the back of a large SUV or van for a road trip night, and a pair of pillows is part of the pad. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoot pump built in\u003c\/strong\u003e – press with your foot, and check the valve is closed tightly before you start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sleeping widths in one\u003c\/strong\u003e – 192 cm long and 125 cm wide with no gap in the middle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePillows included\u003c\/strong\u003e – two raised pillows are shaped into the head end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimpled surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – the bubble pattern spreads weight over many small cells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e192 x 125 cm (75.6 x 49.2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleepers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in foot pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTPU coated nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTan, blue, green, navy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate this double sleeping pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePress the built-in foot pump on the double sleeping pad until it is firm, and make sure the valve is shut tightly first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a double sleeping pad fit in my tent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis double sleeping pad measures 192 by 125 cm, so check your tent floor. A narrow 2-person tent may be tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick is the double sleeping pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe photos of this double sleeping pad give different thickness figures, so we can't confirm one. Email us if you need an exact thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a double sleeping pad keep me warm in winter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis double sleeping pad has no tested insulation rating, so add a blanket or foam layer on cold ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Tan","offer_id":43034868580422,"sku":"14:200006153","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy","offer_id":43034868678726,"sku":"14:29#Navy Blue","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S50164fe651204fd19a426e27f5a10e13N.webp?v=1747160979"},{"product_id":"folding-foam-seat-pad-xpe","title":"Folding Foam Seat Pad – XPE Sit Mat, Folds to Pocket Size","description":"\u003cp\u003eA folding foam seat pad is the small thing that makes a wet log or a cold stadium bench bearable. This one is a single sheet of XPE foam scored into eight panels; open it to sit on, then fold it back into a stack that slips into a pocket. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcertina fold\u003c\/strong\u003e – eight panels fold flat into a pocket-sized stack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed foam\u003c\/strong\u003e – does not soak up water, so damp ground stays under you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo air, no puncture\u003c\/strong\u003e – solid foam needs no pump and cannot go flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – blue, purple, green or red, easy to spot in a pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKneeling pad too\u003c\/strong\u003e – open it under your knees when weeding a garden bed or changing a bike tyre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXPE foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLayout\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 panels (2 × 4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangle with rounded corners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Purple, Green, Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHiking breaks, picnics, sports benches, kneeling in the garden\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 folding foam seat pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the folding foam seat pad fold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding foam seat pad is scored into eight panels, two across and four down, and folds concertina-style into a small stack that fits a jacket pocket or backpack side pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the folding foam seat pad keep me dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClosed foam does not soak up water, so the folding foam seat pad keeps damp grass, cold stone or a wet bench from reaching your trousers; wipe it dry afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the folding foam seat pad made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding foam seat pad is a single piece of XPE foam, so there is nothing to inflate and nothing to puncture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding foam seat pad comes in blue, purple, green and red; every colour is the same pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":43034868940870,"sku":"14:173","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":43034868973638,"sku":"14:496","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":43034869006406,"sku":"14:175","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":43034869039174,"sku":"14:10","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sdb122b75923f4aada7ef54afbb43c236w.webp?v=1747160981"},{"product_id":"thick-camping-sleeping-pad-10-cm-foot-pump","title":"Thick Camping Sleeping Pad – 10 cm, Foot Pump, Pillow, About 1 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis thick camping sleeping pad suits side sleepers who feel the ground through a thin mat: it fills to 10 cm with a pump built into the foot end. Long baffles run across the body, and a raised pillow is part of the pad. The whole thing rolls to about the size of a wine bottle bag for a car camping or backpacking weekend. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e – enough loft to keep a hip off hard ground when it is fully inflated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoot pump\u003c\/strong\u003e – step on the pump at the end of the mat, with no lung work or batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e – a raised section at the head means one less item to pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-tone fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – orange, tan, green or black on top with a grey underside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet-up size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 x 70 x 10 cm (76.77 x 27.56 x 3.94 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 x 15 cm (11.42 x 5.91 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTPU nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePump\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in foot pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePillow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this camping sleeping pad self-inflating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This camping sleeping pad fills using its built-in foot pump, which you press with your foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick is this camping sleeping pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis camping sleeping pad is 10 cm thick when full, which is about 3.94 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the camping sleeping pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe camping sleeping pad weighs about 1 kg, and it packs to about 29 by 15 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan two people share the camping sleeping pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This camping sleeping pad is 70 cm wide, which suits one adult, though it can sit beside a second pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":43034869071942,"sku":"14:200002984#orange","price":60.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tan","offer_id":43034869104710,"sku":"14:366#Khaki","price":62.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":43034869137478,"sku":"14:10#Green","price":60.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43034869170246,"sku":"14:29#dark gray","price":62.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sd37d0fb2b57f47da82bfc5b4d79ad1f3y.webp?v=1747160979"},{"product_id":"foot-pump-sleeping-pad-with-pillow","title":"Foot-Pump Sleeping Pad – 180 × 58 cm with Pillow, 5 cm Thick","description":"\u003cp\u003eStep on the foot end for about a minute and this foot-pump sleeping pad is ready: a 180 × 58 cm air pad, 5 cm thick, with its own pillow, for tent nights, hostel floors and backpacking trips. Deflated it rolls to about 30 × 13 cm and weighs 1.43 lb. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in foot pump\u003c\/strong\u003e – press the pump pad at the foot end; no mouth blowing and no extra pump to carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttached pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e – a raised air pillow at the head end, so no separate camp pillow is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir-cell surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – rows of linked air cells spread your weight; side tubes keep you from rolling off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40D nylon shell\u003c\/strong\u003e – tear-resistant nylon with a TPU layer that holds air and shrugs off damp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacks small\u003c\/strong\u003e – rolls into a carry bag about 30 cm tall and 13 cm across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInflated size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 58 cm (70.87 × 22.83 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm (1.97 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eabout 30 × 13 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.43 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40D nylon with TPU coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInflation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebuilt-in foot pump, about 60 seconds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Orange, Green, Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 sleeping pad with built-in pump and pillow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and care\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the valve fully to roll the air out before packing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sharp stones and sticks away from under the pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this sleeping pad self-inflating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The foot-pump sleeping pad fills through a pump built into the foot end: press it with your foot for about 60 seconds and the pad is full, with no mouth blowing and no separate pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the foot-pump sleeping pad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eInflated, the foot-pump sleeping pad is 180 × 58 cm (70.87 × 22.83 in) and 5 cm (1.97 in) thick, with an attached pillow at the head end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow small does it pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRolled into its bag, the foot-pump sleeping pad is about 30 cm tall and 13 cm across and weighs 1.43 lb, so it fits in the side pocket or under the lid of a backpack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it get wet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 40D nylon shell of the foot-pump sleeping pad is water-resistant, so dew and damp tent floors wipe off; it is not meant to be used as a float in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":43034869334086,"sku":"14:200006152#same as picture;5:4110","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":43034869366854,"sku":"14:200005536#same as picture;5:4110","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":43034869399622,"sku":"14:175#same as picture;5:4110","price":44.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":43034869432390,"sku":"14:173#same as picture;5:4110","price":50.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sadaee343941c4cbc9daeb93e949f0450V.webp?v=1747160981"},{"product_id":"roll-up-picnic-mat-foil-eva","title":"Roll-Up Picnic Mat – Foil and EVA Foam, 180 × 50 × 0.6 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eUnroll it on damp park grass and you sit dry: this roll-up picnic mat has a blue EVA foam side and a silver foil side, 180 × 50 cm and 0.6 cm thick. It rolls into a tube held by two elastic bands, so it straps under a backpack for camping, a beach day or an outdoor concert. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo faces\u003c\/strong\u003e – blue EVA foam on one side, silver foil on the other\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps damp off\u003c\/strong\u003e – the foil face keeps ground moisture and dirt away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRolls up\u003c\/strong\u003e – two elastic bands hold it closed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-person size\u003c\/strong\u003e – 180 × 50 cm, also a layer under a sleeping bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 × 50 × 0.6 cm (70.9 × 19.7 × 0.24 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA foam with aluminium foil face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue foam, silver foil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRolled, 2 elastic bands\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePicnic, camping, beach, outdoor events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 roll-up picnic mat with 2 bands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the roll-up picnic mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe roll-up picnic mat measures 180 × 50 cm and is 0.6 cm thick, about the size of a single sleeping pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich side of the roll-up picnic mat goes on the ground?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither side of the roll-up picnic mat can face down; the foil side keeps moisture and dirt away from the ground, and the blue foam side feels softer to sit on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the roll-up picnic mat carried?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe roll-up picnic mat rolls into a tube held by two elastic bands and can be strapped under a backpack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43034870480966,"sku":"14:29#Camping Mat","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Saddb73d285e747f19f7ed213ab9f5863u.webp?v=1747160984"},{"product_id":"double-inflatable-camping-mattress-foot-pump","title":"Double Inflatable Camping Mattress – Built-In Foot Pump and 2 Pillows","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis double inflatable camping mattress sleeps two on one 195 × 130 cm air pad, with two pillows built into the head end so nobody has to pack a separate one. A foot pump is built into the mattress: open the valve and press it with your foot to fill it, no batteries or electric pump needed. Packed into its bag it measures about 28 × 15 × 12 cm and weighs about 1.45 kg, small enough for a car trunk, a tent or a backpack. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoom for two\u003c\/strong\u003e – 195 cm long and 130 cm wide at the head end, tapering to 120 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in foot pump\u003c\/strong\u003e – fill it by foot through the inflation valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo built-in pillows\u003c\/strong\u003e – raised pillow sections at the head end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40D nylon with TPU coating\u003c\/strong\u003e – the outer fabric and inner coating listed by the maker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacks small\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 28 × 15 × 12 cm in its storage bag, about 1.45 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInflated size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 × 130 × 5 cm (76.8 × 51.2 × 2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoot-end width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 cm (47.2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 × 15 × 12 cm (11 × 5.9 × 4.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.45 kg (3.2 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40D nylon, TPU coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInflation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in foot pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePillows\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, built in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNavy Blue, Royal Blue, Army Green, Khaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate the double camping mattress?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOpen the inflation valve on the double camping mattress, then press the built-in foot pump repeatedly until it is firm; close the valve when done.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the double inflatable camping mattress?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe double inflatable camping mattress measures 195 × 130 × 5 cm (76.8 × 51.2 × 2 in) inflated, narrowing to 120 cm at the foot end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the double camping mattress fit in a car?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe image set shows the double camping mattress laid in the back of a car; measure your cargo area against the 195 × 130 cm size first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I pack the camping mattress away?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOpen both valves of the camping mattress to let the air out, roll it from the pillow end toward the valve, and slide it into the storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Khaki","offer_id":43034870513734,"sku":"14:200006154#Khaki","price":77.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue","offer_id":43034870546502,"sku":"14:173#Royal Blue","price":78.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Army Green","offer_id":43034870579270,"sku":"14:175#Army Green","price":78.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy Blue","offer_id":43034870612038,"sku":"14:1063#Navy Blue","price":77.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S168e1572d2af4574bede3f3c029270ccJ.webp?v=1747160985"},{"product_id":"inflatable-sleeping-pad-pillow-foot-pump","title":"Inflatable Sleeping Pad with Pillow – Foot Pump, 190 × 60 cm, 600 g","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor backpackers who count grams, this inflatable sleeping pad with pillow weighs about 600 g and rolls to a 26 × 10 cm bag that clips to the side of a pack. Step on the built-in pump at the foot end for 30–50 seconds and it fills to 190 × 60 cm and 5 cm thick, with a raised 17 cm pillow. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in foot pump\u003c\/strong\u003e – inflates in about 30–50 seconds of stepping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised pillow\u003c\/strong\u003e – 17 cm high at the head end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight pack\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 600 g, 26 × 10 cm packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiamond air cells\u003c\/strong\u003e – egg-shaped chambers spread your weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTPU fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – keeps ground moisture out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 60 × 5 cm (75 × 23.6 × 2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePillow height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm (6.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 26 × 10 cm (10 × 4 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 600 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTPU-coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Green, Navy Blue, Grey, Orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 inflatable sleeping pad with built-in pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the inflatable sleeping pad with pillow take to inflate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe inflatable sleeping pad with pillow fills in about 30–50 seconds of stepping on its built-in pump; you can also press it by hand or use an inflatable bag or electric pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the inflatable sleeping pad with pillow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe inflatable sleeping pad with pillow is 190 × 60 cm and 5 cm thick, with a 17 cm pillow, and packs to about 26 × 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the inflatable sleeping pad with pillow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe inflatable sleeping pad with pillow weighs about 600 g, light enough to clip to the side of a backpack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours does the inflatable sleeping pad with pillow come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe inflatable sleeping pad with pillow comes in blue, green, navy blue, grey and orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":43034870644806,"sku":"14:200002984#green","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy Blue","offer_id":43034870677574,"sku":"14:496#navy  blue","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":43034870710342,"sku":"14:366#grey","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":43034870743110,"sku":"14:10#orange","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":43034870775878,"sku":"14:29#blue","price":51.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S87fd2a8d260d4f449475c84633634556Y.webp?v=1747160985"},{"product_id":"folding-foam-sleeping-pad-egg-crate","title":"Folding Foam Sleeping Pad – Egg-Crate XPE, 185 × 55 cm, 319 g","description":"\u003cp\u003eNothing to inflate and nothing to puncture: this folding foam sleeping pad is a single sheet of egg-crate XPE foam that zig-zags into a block and opens to about 185 × 55 cm. At around 319 g it straps to the outside of a pack, and it works as a sit mat, a layer under an air mattress or a mat for stretching on the beach. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEgg-crate surface\u003c\/strong\u003e – raised cells that cushion and hold warm air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccordion fold\u003c\/strong\u003e – folds flat into a block, held by two straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo air inside\u003c\/strong\u003e – cannot be punctured or lose pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack underside\u003c\/strong\u003e – the dark back side does not show dirt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour colours\u003c\/strong\u003e – green, orange, blue or purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize open\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 185 × 55 cm (72.8 × 21.7 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 319 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXPE foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFold\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccordion, with 2 straps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen, Orange, Blue, Purple\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 folding foam sleeping pad\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size does the folding foam sleeping pad open to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding foam sleeping pad opens to about 185 × 55 cm (72.8 × 21.7 in) and folds accordion-style into a block held by two straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the folding foam sleeping pad weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe folding foam sleeping pad weighs about 319 g, light enough to strap to the outside of a backpack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the folding foam sleeping pad be punctured?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the folding foam sleeping pad is solid XPE foam with no air inside, so thorns and sharp stones cannot deflate it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the folding foam sleeping pad the same colour on both sides?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the folding foam sleeping pad is green, orange, blue or purple on top and black underneath, so dirt does not show on the ground side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":43035156119622,"sku":"14:175","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":43035156152390,"sku":"14:366","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":43035156185158,"sku":"14:173","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":43035156217926,"sku":"14:496","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/S82655a21a7d64115b901231bbdcffcb65.webp?v=1747167249"},{"product_id":"foil-foam-ground-mat-200cm","title":"Foil Foam Ground Mat – 200 cm Long, 7 Widths from 75 to 300 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eLaid under a tent or a picnic, this foil foam ground mat puts a thin layer of foam between you and damp grass, with shiny aluminium foil on both faces that wipes clean. Every size is 200 cm long; pick a width from 75 cm for one person up to 300 cm for a family tent, and it folds into its blue storage bag. It is part of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sports-outdoor\"\u003eSports \u0026amp; Outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven widths\u003c\/strong\u003e – 75, 100, 120, 150, 200, 250 or 300 cm, all 200 cm long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoil on both faces\u003c\/strong\u003e – either side can face up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe-clean\u003c\/strong\u003e – spills and dirt wipe off the foil face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThin and light\u003c\/strong\u003e – about 0.25 cm of EVA foam, folds small\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage bag\u003c\/strong\u003e – a blue drawstring bag to carry it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 75 \/ 100 \/ 120 \/ 150 \/ 200 \/ 250 \/ 300 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA foam with aluminium foil coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTent floor, sleeping pad layer, picnic, beach, yoga\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 foil foam ground mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size of foil foam ground mat fits my tent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe foil foam ground mat comes 200 cm long in widths of 75, 100, 120, 150, 200, 250 or 300 cm; 75–100 cm suits one sleeper, 150–200 cm two people and 250–300 cm a family tent or picnic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the foil foam ground mat have a pump or air inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, the foil foam ground mat is a thin sheet of foam with aluminium foil on both faces; there is no pump and nothing to inflate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the foil foam ground mat waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the foil face sheds water and wipes clean, which makes the foil foam ground mat useful as a tent footprint or picnic blanket on damp grass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than one, ordering again, or shopping for a gift or event?\u003c\/strong\u003e Email \u003ca href=\"mailto:cs@elysianoble.com\"\u003ecs@elysianoble.com\u003c\/a\u003e with the product link for a personal quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping and returns\u003c\/strong\u003e – see our \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/shipping-policy\"\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/policies\/refund-policy\"\u003eRefund Policy\u003c\/a\u003e for delivery times and how returns work.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Elysianoble","offers":[{"title":"200 × 75 cm","offer_id":43035156250694,"sku":"14:200002984#200 x 75cm","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 × 100 cm","offer_id":43035156283462,"sku":"14:496#200 x 100cm","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 × 200 cm","offer_id":43035156316230,"sku":"14:29#200 x 200cm","price":26.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 × 250 cm","offer_id":43035156348998,"sku":"14:366#200 x 250cm","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 × 120 cm","offer_id":43035156381766,"sku":"14:200006151#200 x 120cm","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 × 150 cm","offer_id":43035156414534,"sku":"14:175#200 x 150cm","price":24.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 × 300 cm","offer_id":43035156447302,"sku":"14:10#200 x 300cm","price":33.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0610\/4747\/2198\/files\/Sd4b014d3fcd44a5b81c472ee5bf875adp.webp?v=1747167251"}],"url":"https:\/\/elysianoble.com\/collections\/camping-hiking.oembed","provider":"Elysianoble","version":"1.0","type":"link"}